|
|
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF |
|
|
Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
|
|
Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. |
|
|
|
|
|
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
|
|
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
|
|
(at your option) any later version. |
|
|
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details. |
|
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
|
|
MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "sysdep.h" |
|
|
#include "bfd.h" |
|
|
#include "bfdlink.h" |
|
|
#include "libbfd.h" |
|
|
#include "elf-bfd.h" |
|
|
#include "elf-vxworks.h" |
|
|
#include "elf/sh.h" |
|
|
#include "dwarf2.h" |
|
|
#include "libiberty.h" |
|
|
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc |
|
|
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc |
|
|
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); |
|
|
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes |
|
|
(bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int); |
|
|
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads |
|
|
(bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *); |
|
|
#ifndef SH64_ELF |
|
|
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns |
|
|
(bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma); |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *, int, int); |
|
|
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *); |
|
|
static bfd_vma tpoff |
|
|
(struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp |
|
|
section. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1" |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */ |
|
|
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000 |
|
|
|
|
|
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1) |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or |
|
|
not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but |
|
|
its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */ |
|
|
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \ |
|
|
(SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \ |
|
|
|| ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created) |
|
|
|
|
|
#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE |
|
|
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff |
|
|
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE |
|
|
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0 |
|
|
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc |
|
|
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h" |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
|
|
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec; |
|
|
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec; |
|
|
|
|
|
return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec |
|
|
|| abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec); |
|
|
#else |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
|
|
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec; |
|
|
extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec; |
|
|
|
|
|
return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec |
|
|
|| abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec); |
|
|
#else |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the howto table for ABFD. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static reloc_howto_type * |
|
|
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) |
|
|
return sh_vxworks_howto_table; |
|
|
return sh_elf_howto_table; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd, |
|
|
asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, |
|
|
bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section, |
|
|
bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
static bfd_vma last_addr; |
|
|
static asection *last_symbol_section; |
|
|
bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr; |
|
|
int diff, cum_diff; |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma x; |
|
|
int insn; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sanity check the address. */ |
|
|
if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section)) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively - |
|
|
although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */ |
|
|
if (! last_addr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
last_addr = addr; |
|
|
last_symbol_section = symbol_section; |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (last_addr != addr) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
last_addr = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the symbol_section contents. */ |
|
|
if (symbol_section != input_section) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section, |
|
|
&contents)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (contents != NULL) |
|
|
free (contents); |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800) |
|
|
start_ptr = contents + start; |
|
|
for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);) |
|
|
ptr -= 2; |
|
|
ptr += 2; |
|
|
diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1; |
|
|
cum_diff += diff & 1; |
|
|
cum_diff += diff; |
|
|
} |
|
|
/* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four - |
|
|
so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to |
|
|
addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */ |
|
|
if (cum_diff >= 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
start -= 4; |
|
|
end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma start0 = start - 4; |
|
|
|
|
|
while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0)) |
|
|
start0 -= 2; |
|
|
start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2); |
|
|
start = start0 - cum_diff - 2; |
|
|
end = start0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (contents != NULL |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
|
|
free (contents); |
|
|
|
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr); |
|
|
|
|
|
x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr; |
|
|
if (input_section != symbol_section) |
|
|
x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset) |
|
|
- (input_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset)); |
|
|
x >>= 1; |
|
|
if (x < -128 || x > 127) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
|
|
|
|
|
x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr); |
|
|
|
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF |
|
|
function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in, |
|
|
void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, |
|
|
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned long insn; |
|
|
bfd_vma sym_value; |
|
|
enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type; |
|
|
bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address; |
|
|
bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data; |
|
|
|
|
|
r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (output_bfd != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Partial linking--do nothing. */ |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be |
|
|
done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */ |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbol_in != NULL |
|
|
&& bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section)) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_undefined; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section)) |
|
|
sym_value = 0; |
|
|
else |
|
|
sym_value = (symbol_in->value + |
|
|
symbol_in->section->output_section->vma + |
|
|
symbol_in->section->output_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32: |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data); |
|
|
insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend; |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W: |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data); |
|
|
sym_value += reloc_entry->addend; |
|
|
sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset |
|
|
+ addr |
|
|
+ 4); |
|
|
sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1; |
|
|
if (insn & 0x800) |
|
|
sym_value -= 0x1000; |
|
|
insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data); |
|
|
if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_overflow; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
default: |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing, |
|
|
which the linker should otherwise ignore. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type |
|
|
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, |
|
|
asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section, |
|
|
bfd *output_bfd, |
|
|
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (output_bfd != NULL) |
|
|
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_reloc_map |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val; |
|
|
unsigned char elf_reloc_val; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC }, |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 }, |
|
|
{ BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL }, |
|
|
#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the |
|
|
corresponding SH ELF reloc. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static reloc_howto_type * |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code) |
|
|
return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static reloc_howto_type * |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
for (i = 0; |
|
|
i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table) |
|
|
/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0])); |
|
|
i++) |
|
|
if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
|
|
&& strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
|
|
return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
for (i = 0; |
|
|
i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table) |
|
|
/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0])); |
|
|
i++) |
|
|
if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL |
|
|
&& strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0) |
|
|
return &sh_elf_howto_table[i]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned int r; |
|
|
|
|
|
r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6); |
|
|
|
|
|
cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding |
|
|
function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME: |
|
|
There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF |
|
|
specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply |
|
|
into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication |
|
|
could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both |
|
|
functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different |
|
|
values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here |
|
|
they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
|
|
bfd_boolean have_code; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
*again = FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (link_info->relocatable |
|
|
|| (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
|
|
|| sec->reloc_count == 0) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags |
|
|
& (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
|
|
|
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
|
|
(abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, |
|
|
link_info->keep_memory)); |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
|
|
|
have_code = FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval; |
|
|
unsigned short insn; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount; |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma foff; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE) |
|
|
have_code = TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the section contents. */ |
|
|
if (contents == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to |
|
|
the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is |
|
|
computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based |
|
|
from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */ |
|
|
laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; |
|
|
if (laddr >= sec->size) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"), |
|
|
abfd, |
|
|
(unsigned long) irel->r_offset); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to |
|
|
do. */ |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn)); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The |
|
|
displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a |
|
|
displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but, |
|
|
before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits |
|
|
of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned |
|
|
on a four byte boundary. */ |
|
|
paddr = insn & 0xff; |
|
|
paddr *= 4; |
|
|
paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3; |
|
|
if (paddr >= sec->size) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is |
|
|
being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is |
|
|
actually being called. */ |
|
|
for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++) |
|
|
if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
if (irelfn >= irelend) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */ |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL) |
|
|
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL); |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* A local symbol. */ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
|
|
|
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info); |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx |
|
|
!= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
symval = (isym->st_value |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned long indx; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
|
|
|
|
|
indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
|
|
if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This appears to be a reference to an undefined |
|
|
symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the |
|
|
regular reloc processing. */ |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
symval = (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) |
|
|
symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); |
|
|
else |
|
|
symval += irelfn->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if this function call can be shortened. */ |
|
|
foff = (symval |
|
|
- (irel->r_offset |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset |
|
|
+ 4)); |
|
|
/* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an |
|
|
.align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted. |
|
|
So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for |
|
|
that. */ |
|
|
if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */ |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Shorten the function call. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section |
|
|
contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We |
|
|
must tell the rest of the code not to free up this |
|
|
information. It would be possible to instead create a table |
|
|
of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c; |
|
|
that would be more work, but would require less memory when |
|
|
the linker is run. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and |
|
|
replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */ |
|
|
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W); |
|
|
/* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol, |
|
|
not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need |
|
|
a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that |
|
|
the value of the symbol is not available. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external |
|
|
symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let |
|
|
the final link phase handle it. */ |
|
|
if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020) |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset); |
|
|
else |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
irel->r_addend = -4; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the |
|
|
DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However, |
|
|
the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we |
|
|
have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */ |
|
|
irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same |
|
|
register load. */ |
|
|
for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++) |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES |
|
|
&& laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
if (irelscan < irelend) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Some other function call depends upon this register load, |
|
|
and we have not yet converted that function call. |
|
|
Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is |
|
|
nothing else we can do at this point. */ |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the |
|
|
function address is stored. Do this before deleting any |
|
|
bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */ |
|
|
for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++) |
|
|
if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Delete the register load. */ |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some |
|
|
other function call to come within range, we should relax |
|
|
again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */ |
|
|
*again = TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */ |
|
|
if (irelcount >= irelend) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) paddr)); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've |
|
|
just deleted one. */ |
|
|
if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"), |
|
|
abfd, |
|
|
(unsigned long) paddr)); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
--irelcount->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload |
|
|
the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the |
|
|
previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */ |
|
|
if (irelcount->r_addend == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We've done all we can with that function call. */ |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four |
|
|
byte boundaries. */ |
|
|
if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4 |
|
|
&& have_code) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_boolean swapped; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the section contents. */ |
|
|
if (contents == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents, |
|
|
&swapped)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (swapped) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs; |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! link_info->keep_memory) |
|
|
free (isymbuf); |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
|
|
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (contents != NULL |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! link_info->keep_memory) |
|
|
free (contents); |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ |
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
|
|
free (internal_relocs); |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
error_return: |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
|
|
free (isymbuf); |
|
|
if (contents != NULL |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) |
|
|
free (contents); |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
|
|
free (internal_relocs); |
|
|
|
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a |
|
|
lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes |
|
|
in coff-sh.c. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, |
|
|
int count) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
unsigned int sec_shndx; |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign; |
|
|
bfd_vma toaddr; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes; |
|
|
unsigned int symcount; |
|
|
asection *o; |
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
|
|
|
|
|
sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
|
|
|
|
|
contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment |
|
|
power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
irelalign = NULL; |
|
|
toaddr = sec->size; |
|
|
|
|
|
irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; |
|
|
irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset > addr |
|
|
&& count < (1 << irel->r_addend)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
irelalign = irel; |
|
|
toaddr = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Actually delete the bytes. */ |
|
|
memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count, |
|
|
(size_t) (toaddr - addr - count)); |
|
|
if (irelalign == NULL) |
|
|
sec->size -= count; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009) |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0); |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2) |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust all the relocs. */ |
|
|
for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma nraddr, stop; |
|
|
bfd_vma start = 0; |
|
|
int insn = 0; |
|
|
int off, adjust, oinsn; |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma voff = 0; |
|
|
bfd_boolean overflow; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the new reloc address. */ |
|
|
nraddr = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
if ((irel->r_offset > addr |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset < toaddr) |
|
|
|| (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset == toaddr)) |
|
|
nraddr -= count; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which |
|
|
case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which |
|
|
represent addresses, though. */ |
|
|
if (irel->r_offset >= addr |
|
|
&& irel->r_offset < addr + count |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA |
|
|
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL) |
|
|
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), |
|
|
(int) R_SH_NONE); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers |
|
|
includes the bytes we have deleted. */ |
|
|
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
|
|
start = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
start = stop = addr; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32: |
|
|
/* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this |
|
|
section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we |
|
|
must check the addend to see it will put the value in |
|
|
range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */ |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx |
|
|
&& (isym->st_value <= addr |
|
|
|| isym->st_value >= toaddr)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma val; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
val += isym->st_value; |
|
|
if (val > addr && val < toaddr) |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend; |
|
|
if (val > addr && val < toaddr) |
|
|
irel->r_addend -= count; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
start = stop = addr; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
|
|
off = insn & 0xff; |
|
|
if (off & 0x80) |
|
|
off -= 0x100; |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W: |
|
|
off = insn & 0xfff; |
|
|
if (! off) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the |
|
|
relocation will be against an external symbol, the |
|
|
final relocation will just do the right thing. */ |
|
|
start = stop = addr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (off & 0x800) |
|
|
off -= 0x1000; |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus |
|
|
for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the |
|
|
start of the section. |
|
|
N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and |
|
|
test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into |
|
|
account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */ |
|
|
if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr) |
|
|
irel->r_addend -= count; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
|
|
off = insn & 0xff; |
|
|
stop = start + 4 + off * 2; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
|
|
off = insn & 0xff; |
|
|
stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH8: |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH16: |
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH32: |
|
|
/* These relocs types represent |
|
|
.word L2-L1 |
|
|
The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc |
|
|
address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and |
|
|
adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust |
|
|
both the r_offset field and the section contents. |
|
|
N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset, |
|
|
and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
stop = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (start > addr |
|
|
&& start < toaddr |
|
|
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) |
|
|
irel->r_addend += count; |
|
|
else if (stop > addr |
|
|
&& stop < toaddr |
|
|
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) |
|
|
irel->r_addend -= count; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16) |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8) |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
else |
|
|
voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); |
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_USES: |
|
|
start = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start |
|
|
+ (long) irel->r_addend |
|
|
+ 4); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (start > addr |
|
|
&& start < toaddr |
|
|
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) |
|
|
adjust = count; |
|
|
else if (stop > addr |
|
|
&& stop < toaddr |
|
|
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) |
|
|
adjust = - count; |
|
|
else |
|
|
adjust = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (adjust != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
oinsn = insn; |
|
|
overflow = FALSE; |
|
|
switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
|
|
insn += adjust / 2; |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W: |
|
|
insn += adjust / 2; |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4); |
|
|
if (count >= 4) |
|
|
insn += adjust / 4; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0) |
|
|
++insn; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH8: |
|
|
voff += adjust; |
|
|
if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH16: |
|
|
voff += adjust; |
|
|
if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_SWITCH32: |
|
|
voff += adjust; |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_USES: |
|
|
irel->r_addend += adjust; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (overflow) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
irel->r_offset = nraddr; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32 |
|
|
relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust |
|
|
below, we may need to adjust the addends. */ |
|
|
for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend; |
|
|
bfd_byte *ocontents; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (o == sec |
|
|
|| (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
|
|
|| o->reloc_count == 0) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is |
|
|
FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we |
|
|
leave sh_coff_relax_section. */ |
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
|
|
(abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE)); |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
ocontents = NULL; |
|
|
irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */ |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma start, stop; |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma voff; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ocontents == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
|
|
ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* We always cache the section contents. |
|
|
Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we |
|
|
should free them, if we are permitted to, |
|
|
when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */ |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (ocontents != NULL) |
|
|
free (ocontents); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
stop = irelscan->r_offset; |
|
|
start |
|
|
= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */ |
|
|
if (start > addr && start < toaddr) |
|
|
irelscan->r_addend += count; |
|
|
|
|
|
voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
|
|
stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (start > addr |
|
|
&& start < toaddr |
|
|
&& (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr)) |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count, |
|
|
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
|
|
else if (stop > addr |
|
|
&& stop < toaddr |
|
|
&& (start <= addr || start >= toaddr)) |
|
|
bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count, |
|
|
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info); |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx |
|
|
&& (isym->st_value <= addr |
|
|
|| isym->st_value >= toaddr)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma val; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ocontents == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) |
|
|
ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* We always cache the section contents. |
|
|
Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we |
|
|
should free them, if we are permitted to, |
|
|
when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */ |
|
|
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (ocontents != NULL) |
|
|
free (ocontents); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
|
|
val += isym->st_value; |
|
|
if (val > addr && val < toaddr) |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, |
|
|
ocontents + irelscan->r_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */ |
|
|
isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx |
|
|
&& isym->st_value > addr |
|
|
&& isym->st_value < toaddr) |
|
|
isym->st_value -= count; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */ |
|
|
symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym) |
|
|
- symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
|
|
end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount; |
|
|
for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes; |
|
|
if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
|
|
|| sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
|
|
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec |
|
|
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr |
|
|
&& sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted |
|
|
r_offset for it already. */ |
|
|
if (irelalign != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr; |
|
|
|
|
|
alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend); |
|
|
alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset, |
|
|
1 << irelalign->r_addend); |
|
|
if (alignto != alignaddr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Tail recursion. */ |
|
|
return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr, |
|
|
(int) (alignto - alignaddr)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte |
|
|
boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec, |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs, |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
bfd_boolean *pswapped) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
|
|
bfd_vma *labels = NULL; |
|
|
bfd_vma *label, *label_end; |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt; |
|
|
|
|
|
*pswapped = FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */ |
|
|
amt = sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma); |
|
|
labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt); |
|
|
if (labels == NULL) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
label_end = labels; |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
*label_end = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
++label_end; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in |
|
|
address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort |
|
|
the label values and the relocs. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
label = labels; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma start, stop; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
start = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
if (irel < irelend) |
|
|
stop = irel->r_offset; |
|
|
else |
|
|
stop = sec->size; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns, |
|
|
internal_relocs, &label, |
|
|
label_end, start, stop, pswapped)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
free (labels); |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
error_return: |
|
|
if (labels != NULL) |
|
|
free (labels); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SH64_ELF |
|
|
/* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs, |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs; |
|
|
unsigned short i1, i2; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Swap the instructions themselves. */ |
|
|
i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr); |
|
|
i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust all reloc addresses. */ |
|
|
irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
enum elf_sh_reloc_type type; |
|
|
int add; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to |
|
|
adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself, |
|
|
but are only associated with the address. */ |
|
|
type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); |
|
|
if (type == R_SH_ALIGN |
|
|
|| type == R_SH_CODE |
|
|
|| type == R_SH_DATA |
|
|
|| type == R_SH_LABEL) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being |
|
|
swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this |
|
|
for a jump, though, since we want to execute both |
|
|
instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping |
|
|
around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an |
|
|
instruction it shouldn't). */ |
|
|
if (type == R_SH_USES) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma off; |
|
|
|
|
|
off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend; |
|
|
if (off == addr) |
|
|
irel->r_offset += 2; |
|
|
else if (off == addr + 2) |
|
|
irel->r_offset -= 2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (irel->r_offset == addr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
irel->r_offset += 2; |
|
|
add = -2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
irel->r_offset -= 2; |
|
|
add = 2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
add = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (add != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
unsigned short insn, oinsn; |
|
|
bfd_boolean overflow; |
|
|
|
|
|
loc = contents + irel->r_offset; |
|
|
overflow = FALSE; |
|
|
switch (type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); |
|
|
oinsn = insn; |
|
|
insn += add / 2; |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W: |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); |
|
|
oinsn = insn; |
|
|
insn += add / 2; |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000)) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
|
|
/* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of |
|
|
the program counter before adding in the offset. |
|
|
This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the |
|
|
swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an |
|
|
odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a |
|
|
four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */ |
|
|
if ((addr & 3) != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc); |
|
|
oinsn = insn; |
|
|
insn += add / 2; |
|
|
if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00)) |
|
|
overflow = TRUE; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (overflow) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"), |
|
|
abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_sh_plt_info |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special |
|
|
first entry. */ |
|
|
const bfd_byte *plt0_entry; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */ |
|
|
bfd_vma plt0_entry_size; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE |
|
|
if there is no such pointer. */ |
|
|
bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3]; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */ |
|
|
const bfd_byte *symbol_entry; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */ |
|
|
bfd_vma symbol_entry_size; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used |
|
|
on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value |
|
|
that the field must hold. */ |
|
|
struct { |
|
|
bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */ |
|
|
bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */ |
|
|
bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */ |
|
|
bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20 |
|
|
instruction (instead of a constant pool |
|
|
entry). */ |
|
|
} symbol_fields; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */ |
|
|
bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first |
|
|
MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in |
|
|
other cases. */ |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */ |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */ |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */ |
|
|
0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like |
|
|
this. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
|
|
0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */ |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */ |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */ |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */ |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */ |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
|
|
0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
|
|
0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
|
|
0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
|
|
0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */ |
|
|
0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */ |
|
|
0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */ |
|
|
0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */ |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */ |
|
|
0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */ |
|
|
0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, 32, 48, FALSE }, |
|
|
33, /* includes ISA encoding */ |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, 32, 48, FALSE }, |
|
|
33, /* includes ISA encoding */ |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE }, |
|
|
33, /* includes ISA encoding */ |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE }, |
|
|
33, /* includes ISA encoding */ |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */ |
|
|
#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. |
|
|
VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, |
|
|
not data. |
|
|
|
|
|
On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
inline static void |
|
|
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p, |
|
|
unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
value |= code_p; |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
|
|
bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr) |
|
|
| ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00), |
|
|
addr); |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
|
|
bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4) |
|
|
| ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00), |
|
|
addr + 4); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if |
|
|
the object is position-independent. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * |
|
|
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#else |
|
|
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by |
|
|
GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be |
|
|
corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform |
|
|
to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT |
|
|
and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and |
|
|
ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however, |
|
|
since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be |
|
|
greater than or equal to 12. */ |
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */ |
|
|
0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like |
|
|
this. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */ |
|
|
0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */ |
|
|
0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = { |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 20, 16, 24, FALSE }, |
|
|
8, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 }, |
|
|
elf_sh_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 20, 16, 24, FALSE }, |
|
|
8, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE }, |
|
|
8, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
elf_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE }, |
|
|
8, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12 |
|
|
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24 |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ |
|
|
0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */ |
|
|
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */ |
|
|
0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ |
|
|
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */ |
|
|
0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = { |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian non-PIC. */ |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be, |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 8, 14, 20, FALSE }, |
|
|
12, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian non-PIC. */ |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le, |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 }, |
|
|
vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 8, 14, 20, FALSE }, |
|
|
12, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE }, |
|
|
12, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE }, |
|
|
12, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
} |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy |
|
|
binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now |
|
|
and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better |
|
|
cache behavior. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28 |
|
|
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be |
|
|
duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So |
|
|
right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It |
|
|
might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy |
|
|
stubs separately. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ |
|
|
0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */ |
|
|
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ |
|
|
0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = { |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE }, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE }, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}, |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT |
|
|
entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry |
|
|
past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster, |
|
|
but would not be any smaller. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24 |
|
|
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16 |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */ |
|
|
0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ |
|
|
0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */ |
|
|
0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */ |
|
|
0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ |
|
|
0x00, 0x09, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] = |
|
|
{ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */ |
|
|
0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */ |
|
|
0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */ |
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */ |
|
|
0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */ |
|
|
0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */ |
|
|
0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */ |
|
|
0x09, 0x00, /* nop */ |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = { |
|
|
/* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE }, |
|
|
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = { |
|
|
/* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE }, |
|
|
FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, |
|
|
NULL |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = { |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Big-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE }, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, |
|
|
&fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be |
|
|
}, |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Little-endian PIC. */ |
|
|
NULL, |
|
|
0, |
|
|
{ MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE }, |
|
|
fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE, |
|
|
{ 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE }, |
|
|
FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET, |
|
|
&fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le |
|
|
}, |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if |
|
|
the object is position-independent. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info * |
|
|
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (fdpic_object_p (abfd)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT |
|
|
sequence. */ |
|
|
if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base) |
|
|
return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
|
|
else |
|
|
return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (vxworks_object_p (abfd)) |
|
|
return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
|
|
return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. |
|
|
VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code, |
|
|
not data. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
inline static void |
|
|
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr); |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any. |
|
|
Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a |
|
|
20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
|
|
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536 |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_vma |
|
|
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
offset -= info->plt0_entry_size; |
|
|
if (info->short_plt != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT; |
|
|
offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
info = info->short_plt; |
|
|
} |
|
|
return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Do the inverse operation. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_vma |
|
|
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->short_plt != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size; |
|
|
plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
info = info->short_plt; |
|
|
} |
|
|
return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size |
|
|
+ (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it |
|
|
decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol. |
|
|
This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be |
|
|
unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the |
|
|
regular ELF linker hash table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The input section of the reloc. */ |
|
|
asection *sec; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ |
|
|
bfd_size_type count; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */ |
|
|
bfd_size_type pc_count; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
union gotref |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* sh ELF linker hash entry. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry root; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
union |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
} datalabel_got; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts |
|
|
R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 |
|
|
relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted |
|
|
for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is |
|
|
MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker |
|
|
managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic). |
|
|
During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local |
|
|
descriptor will be canonical. */ |
|
|
union gotref funcdesc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC, |
|
|
and thus require fixups or relocations. */ |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount; |
|
|
|
|
|
enum got_type { |
|
|
GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC |
|
|
} got_type; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent)) |
|
|
|
|
|
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_obj_tdata root; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* got_type for each local got entry. */ |
|
|
char *local_got_type; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */ |
|
|
union gotref *local_funcdesc; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \ |
|
|
((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any) |
|
|
|
|
|
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \ |
|
|
(sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type) |
|
|
|
|
|
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \ |
|
|
(sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc) |
|
|
|
|
|
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \ |
|
|
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ |
|
|
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \ |
|
|
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA) |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata |
|
|
as the specific tdata. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata), |
|
|
SH_ELF_DATA); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_table root; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ |
|
|
asection *sgot; |
|
|
asection *sgotplt; |
|
|
asection *srelgot; |
|
|
asection *splt; |
|
|
asection *srelplt; |
|
|
asection *sdynbss; |
|
|
asection *srelbss; |
|
|
asection *sfuncdesc; |
|
|
asection *srelfuncdesc; |
|
|
asection *srofixup; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */ |
|
|
asection *srelplt2; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Small local sym cache. */ |
|
|
struct sym_cache sym_cache; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */ |
|
|
union |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma refcount; |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
} tls_ldm_got; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The type of PLT to use. */ |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ |
|
|
bfd_boolean vxworks_p; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */ |
|
|
bfd_boolean fdpic_p; |
|
|
}; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ |
|
|
(elf_link_hash_traverse \ |
|
|
(&(table)->root, \ |
|
|
(bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ |
|
|
(info))) |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \ |
|
|
(elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ |
|
|
== SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static struct bfd_hash_entry * |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, |
|
|
struct bfd_hash_table *table, |
|
|
const char *string) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret = |
|
|
(struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a |
|
|
subclass. */ |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
|
|
ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) |
|
|
bfd_hash_allocate (table, |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry))); |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ |
|
|
ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, |
|
|
table, string)); |
|
|
if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
ret->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
|
|
ret->gotplt_refcount = 0; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0; |
|
|
ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0; |
|
|
ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static struct bfd_link_hash_table * |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret; |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table); |
|
|
|
|
|
ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt); |
|
|
if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL) |
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc, |
|
|
sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry), |
|
|
SH_ELF_DATA)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
free (ret); |
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd); |
|
|
ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd); |
|
|
|
|
|
return &ret->root.root; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */ |
|
|
if (!htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can |
|
|
relocate independently. */ |
|
|
switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case SHT_PROGBITS: |
|
|
case SHT_NOBITS: |
|
|
/* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be |
|
|
SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */ |
|
|
case SHT_NULL: |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* There shouldn't be section relative relocations |
|
|
against any other section. */ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up |
|
|
shortcuts to them in our hash table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got"); |
|
|
htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt"); |
|
|
htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got"); |
|
|
if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
|
|
|
htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc", |
|
|
(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
|
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
|
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED)); |
|
|
if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, |
|
|
".rela.got.funcdesc", |
|
|
(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
|
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
|
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED |
|
|
| SEC_READONLY)); |
|
|
if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Also create .rofixup. */ |
|
|
htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup", |
|
|
(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD |
|
|
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS |
|
|
| SEC_IN_MEMORY |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED |
|
|
| SEC_READONLY)); |
|
|
if (htab->srofixup == NULL |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
flagword flags, pltflags; |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
|
|
int ptralign = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (bed->s->arch_size) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case 32: |
|
|
ptralign = 2; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case 64: |
|
|
ptralign = 3; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
default: |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and |
|
|
.rel[a].bss sections. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY |
|
|
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
|
|
|
|
|
pltflags = flags; |
|
|
pltflags |= SEC_CODE; |
|
|
if (bed->plt_not_loaded) |
|
|
pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
|
|
if (bed->plt_readonly) |
|
|
pltflags |= SEC_READONLY; |
|
|
|
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags); |
|
|
htab->splt = s; |
|
|
if (s == NULL |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (bed->want_plt_sym) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the |
|
|
.plt section. */ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
|
|
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol |
|
|
(info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE, |
|
|
get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; |
|
|
h->def_regular = 1; |
|
|
h->type = STT_OBJECT; |
|
|
htab->root.hplt = h; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->shared |
|
|
&& ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, |
|
|
bed->default_use_rela_p |
|
|
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt", |
|
|
flags | SEC_READONLY); |
|
|
htab->srelplt = s; |
|
|
if (s == NULL |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->sgot == NULL |
|
|
&& !create_got_section (abfd, info)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (bed->want_dynbss) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined |
|
|
by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are |
|
|
not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process |
|
|
image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
|
|
initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss |
|
|
section into the .bss section of the final image. */ |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss", |
|
|
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); |
|
|
htab->sdynbss = s; |
|
|
if (s == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not |
|
|
normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the |
|
|
linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it |
|
|
only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it |
|
|
until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the |
|
|
main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files |
|
|
(size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been |
|
|
mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to |
|
|
be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this |
|
|
section when generating a shared object, since they do not use |
|
|
copy relocs. */ |
|
|
if (! info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, |
|
|
(bed->default_use_rela_p |
|
|
? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"), |
|
|
flags | SEC_READONLY); |
|
|
htab->srelbss = s; |
|
|
if (s == NULL |
|
|
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a |
|
|
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the |
|
|
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to |
|
|
change the definition to something the rest of the link can |
|
|
understand. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL |
|
|
&& (h->needs_plt |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL |
|
|
|| (h->def_dynamic |
|
|
&& h->ref_regular |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular))); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We |
|
|
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later, |
|
|
when we know the address of the .got section. */ |
|
|
if (h->type == STT_FUNC |
|
|
|| h->needs_plt) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0 |
|
|
|| SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input |
|
|
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic |
|
|
object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build |
|
|
a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32 |
|
|
reloc instead. */ |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the |
|
|
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the |
|
|
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ |
|
|
if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
|
|
|| h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; |
|
|
if (info->nocopyreloc) |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which |
|
|
is not a function. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the |
|
|
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. |
|
|
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will |
|
|
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the |
|
|
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ |
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ |
|
|
if (info->nocopyreloc) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 0; |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
s = p->sec->output_section; |
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the |
|
|
copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding |
|
|
the copy reloc. */ |
|
|
if (p == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 0; |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will |
|
|
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be |
|
|
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic |
|
|
object will contain position independent code, so all references |
|
|
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global |
|
|
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to |
|
|
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so |
|
|
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the |
|
|
same memory location for the variable. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
s = htab->sdynbss; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to |
|
|
copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the |
|
|
runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the |
|
|
.rela.bss section we are going to use. */ |
|
|
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *srel; |
|
|
|
|
|
srel = htab->srelbss; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
h->needs_copy = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for |
|
|
dynamic relocs. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
if ((h->got.refcount > 0 |
|
|
|| h->forced_local) |
|
|
&& eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs, |
|
|
so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */ |
|
|
h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount; |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount) |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created |
|
|
&& h->plt.refcount > 0 |
|
|
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->shared |
|
|
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *s = htab->splt; |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special |
|
|
first entry. */ |
|
|
if (s->size == 0) |
|
|
s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size; |
|
|
|
|
|
h->plt.offset = s->size; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are |
|
|
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this |
|
|
location in the .plt. This is required to make function |
|
|
pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and |
|
|
the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the |
|
|
function's address will be the address of the canonical |
|
|
function descriptor. */ |
|
|
if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h->root.u.def.section = s; |
|
|
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make room for this entry. */ |
|
|
plt_info = htab->plt_info; |
|
|
if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL |
|
|
&& (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT)) |
|
|
plt_info = plt_info->short_plt; |
|
|
s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which |
|
|
will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */ |
|
|
if (!htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 4; |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 8; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */ |
|
|
htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations |
|
|
for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation |
|
|
section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry: |
|
|
an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ |
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size) |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent |
|
|
PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry, |
|
|
and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */ |
|
|
htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
h->needs_plt = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn; |
|
|
enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
s = htab->sgot; |
|
|
h->got.offset = s->size; |
|
|
s->size += 4; |
|
|
/* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */ |
|
|
if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
|
|
s->size += 4; |
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
|
|
if (!dyn) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* No dynamic relocations required. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
&& (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
} |
|
|
/* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */ |
|
|
else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && !h->def_dynamic && !info->shared) |
|
|
; |
|
|
/* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic, |
|
|
R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */ |
|
|
else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
|| got_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
&& (info->shared |
|
|
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h))) |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL |
|
|
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
s = htab->sgot; |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size; |
|
|
s->size += 4; |
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
|
|
if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)) |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function |
|
|
descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the |
|
|
reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for |
|
|
undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when |
|
|
static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */ |
|
|
if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created |
|
|
&& ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4; |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size |
|
|
+= eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to |
|
|
a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and |
|
|
the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this |
|
|
applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the |
|
|
canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there |
|
|
won't be a PLT entry at all. */ |
|
|
if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0 |
|
|
|| (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)) |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Make room for this function descriptor. */ |
|
|
eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size; |
|
|
htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the |
|
|
function descriptor, so allocate those too. */ |
|
|
if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 8; |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for |
|
|
dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be |
|
|
defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard |
|
|
space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol |
|
|
visibility changes. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
p->count -= p->pc_count; |
|
|
p->pc_count = 0; |
|
|
if (p->count == 0) |
|
|
*pp = p->next; |
|
|
else |
|
|
pp = &p->next; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) |
|
|
*pp = p->next; |
|
|
else |
|
|
pp = &p->next; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default |
|
|
visibility. */ |
|
|
if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) |
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic |
|
|
symbol in PIEs. */ |
|
|
else if (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against |
|
|
symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not |
|
|
dynamic. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!h->non_got_ref |
|
|
&& ((h->def_dynamic |
|
|
&& !h->def_regular) |
|
|
|| (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)))) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. |
|
|
Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the |
|
|
relocs. */ |
|
|
if (h->dynindx != -1) |
|
|
goto keep; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
keep: ; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finally, allocate space. */ |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
|
|
sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
|
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *s = p->sec->output_section; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; |
|
|
|
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read, |
|
|
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. |
|
|
It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info, |
|
|
"__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
bfd *dynobj; |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocs; |
|
|
bfd *ibfd; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ |
|
|
if (info->executable) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp"); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
|
|
s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
|
|
s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic |
|
|
relocs. */ |
|
|
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got; |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; |
|
|
union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc; |
|
|
char *local_got_type; |
|
|
bfd_size_type locsymcount; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
asection *srel; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd)) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *) |
|
|
elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); |
|
|
p != NULL; |
|
|
p = p->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) |
|
|
&& bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Input section has been discarded, either because |
|
|
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to |
|
|
linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding |
|
|
the relocs too. */ |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (htab->vxworks_p |
|
|
&& strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, |
|
|
".tls_vars") == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are |
|
|
handled specially by the loader. */ |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (p->count != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; |
|
|
srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); |
|
|
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
/* Count datalabel local GOT. */ |
|
|
locsymcount *= 2; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
s = htab->sgot; |
|
|
srel = htab->srelgot; |
|
|
|
|
|
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); |
|
|
if (local_got) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; |
|
|
local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd); |
|
|
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd); |
|
|
for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (*local_got > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
*local_got = s->size; |
|
|
s->size += 4; |
|
|
if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
|
|
s->size += 4; |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (local_funcdesc == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_size_type size; |
|
|
|
|
|
size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref); |
|
|
local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd, |
|
|
size); |
|
|
if (local_funcdesc == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc; |
|
|
local_funcdesc += (local_got |
|
|
- elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
local_funcdesc->refcount++; |
|
|
++local_funcdesc; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; |
|
|
++local_got_type; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd); |
|
|
if (local_funcdesc) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size; |
|
|
htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8; |
|
|
if (!info->shared) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 8; |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32 |
|
|
relocs. */ |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size; |
|
|
htab->sgot->size += 8; |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at |
|
|
the end of .got.plt. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12); |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global |
|
|
sym dynamic relocs. */ |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the |
|
|
end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size; |
|
|
htab->sgotplt->size += 12; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. |
|
|
Allocate memory for them. */ |
|
|
relocs = FALSE; |
|
|
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (s == htab->splt |
|
|
|| s == htab->sgot |
|
|
|| s == htab->sgotplt |
|
|
|| s == htab->sfuncdesc |
|
|
|| s == htab->srofixup |
|
|
|| s == htab->sdynbss) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the |
|
|
comment below. */ |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela")) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2) |
|
|
relocs = TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need |
|
|
to copy relocs into the output file. */ |
|
|
s->reloc_count = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (s->size == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the |
|
|
output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and |
|
|
.rela.plt. We must create both sections in |
|
|
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created |
|
|
before the linker maps input sections to output |
|
|
sections. The linker does that before |
|
|
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that |
|
|
function which decides whether anything needs to go |
|
|
into these sections. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc |
|
|
here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the |
|
|
section's contents are written out. This should not happen, |
|
|
but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead |
|
|
of garbage. */ |
|
|
s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); |
|
|
if (s->contents == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the |
|
|
values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we |
|
|
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for |
|
|
the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the |
|
|
dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ |
|
|
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ |
|
|
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->executable) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->splt->size != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) |
|
|
&& htab->sgot->size != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (relocs) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) |
|
|
|| ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, |
|
|
sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, |
|
|
then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ |
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) |
|
|
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p |
|
|
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#undef add_dynamic_entry |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
inline static bfd_vma |
|
|
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset, |
|
|
int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
|
|
bfd_vma reloc_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
outrel.r_offset = offset; |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, |
|
|
sreloc->contents + reloc_offset); |
|
|
sreloc->reloc_count++; |
|
|
|
|
|
return reloc_offset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
inline static void |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma fixup_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size); |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_signed_vma |
|
|
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
- htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is |
|
|
located. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static unsigned |
|
|
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour |
|
|
/* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */ |
|
|
&& output_bfd->direction != read_direction) |
|
|
p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel |
|
|
supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is |
|
|
a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */ |
|
|
return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec); |
|
|
|
|
|
return (seg != (unsigned) -1 |
|
|
&& ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along |
|
|
with any relocations or fixups required. */ |
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
|
|
bfd_vma offset, |
|
|
asection *section, |
|
|
bfd_vma value) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
int dynindx; |
|
|
bfd_vma addr, seg; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the |
|
|
descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could |
|
|
go in the reloc instead... */ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
section = h->root.u.def.section; |
|
|
value = h->root.u.def.value; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
addr = value + section->output_offset; |
|
|
seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
|
|
dynindx = h->dynindx; |
|
|
addr = seg = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, |
|
|
offset |
|
|
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset); |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, |
|
|
offset + 4 |
|
|
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final |
|
|
address and gp value (barring fixups). */ |
|
|
addr += section->output_section->vma; |
|
|
seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc, |
|
|
offset |
|
|
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset, |
|
|
R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0); |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset); |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD. |
|
|
VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error |
|
|
otherwise. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_reloc_status_type |
|
|
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation, |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned long cur_val; |
|
|
bfd_byte *addr; |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section)) |
|
|
return bfd_reloc_outofrange; |
|
|
|
|
|
r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0, |
|
|
bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation); |
|
|
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
|
|
return r; |
|
|
|
|
|
addr = contents + offset; |
|
|
cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2); |
|
|
|
|
|
return bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Relocate an SH ELF section. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, |
|
|
bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, |
|
|
asection **local_sections) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; |
|
|
bfd *dynobj = NULL; |
|
|
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; |
|
|
asection *sgot = NULL; |
|
|
asection *sgotplt = NULL; |
|
|
asection *splt = NULL; |
|
|
asection *sreloc = NULL; |
|
|
asection *srelgot = NULL; |
|
|
bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; |
|
|
unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2]; |
|
|
bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd)); |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
dynobj = htab->root.dynobj; |
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot; |
|
|
sgotplt = htab->sgotplt; |
|
|
splt = htab->splt; |
|
|
fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p; |
|
|
} |
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); |
|
|
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); |
|
|
|
|
|
isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, |
|
|
input_section->output_section); |
|
|
if (fdpic_p && sgot) |
|
|
got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, |
|
|
sgot->output_section); |
|
|
else |
|
|
got_segment = -1; |
|
|
if (fdpic_p && splt) |
|
|
plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, |
|
|
splt->output_section); |
|
|
else |
|
|
plt_segment = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections |
|
|
specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ |
|
|
is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared |
|
|
&& !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, |
|
|
".tls_vars")); |
|
|
|
|
|
rel = relocs; |
|
|
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (; rel < relend; rel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int r_type; |
|
|
reloc_howto_type *howto; |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; |
|
|
asection *sec; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
|
|
bfd_vma relocation; |
|
|
bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0; |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
|
|
int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; |
|
|
bfd_vma off; |
|
|
enum got_type got_type; |
|
|
const char *symname = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
|
|
|
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are |
|
|
handled entirely by the relaxation code. */ |
|
|
if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type < 0 |
|
|
|| r_type >= R_SH_max |
|
|
|| (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC) |
|
|
|| (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2) |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3) |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4) |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5) |
|
|
|| ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 |
|
|
&& r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from |
|
|
the relocation. */ |
|
|
if (! howto->partial_inplace) |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
h = NULL; |
|
|
sym = NULL; |
|
|
sec = NULL; |
|
|
check_segment[0] = -1; |
|
|
check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sym = local_syms + r_symndx; |
|
|
sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; |
|
|
|
|
|
symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section |
|
|
(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name); |
|
|
if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0') |
|
|
symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset |
|
|
+ sym->st_value); |
|
|
/* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need |
|
|
datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change |
|
|
without notice. */ |
|
|
if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0) |
|
|
((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) |
|
|
(info, |
|
|
_("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"), |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
|
|
/* Handled below. */ |
|
|
; |
|
|
else if (info->relocatable) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change |
|
|
anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol, |
|
|
in which case we have to adjust according to where the |
|
|
section symbol winds up in the output section. */ |
|
|
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! howto->partial_inplace) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* For relocations with the addend in the |
|
|
relocation, we need just to update the addend. |
|
|
All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this |
|
|
code is mostly for completeness. */ |
|
|
rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the |
|
|
contents in the contents and add the offset resulting |
|
|
from the changed location of the section symbol. |
|
|
Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto |
|
|
final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because |
|
|
relocations marked pc_relative would get the current |
|
|
location subtracted, and we must only do that at the |
|
|
final link. */ |
|
|
r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd, |
|
|
sec->output_offset |
|
|
+ sym->st_value, |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset); |
|
|
goto relocation_done; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (! howto->partial_inplace) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *msec; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"), |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, howto->name); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); |
|
|
msec = sec; |
|
|
addend = |
|
|
_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend) |
|
|
- relocation; |
|
|
addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset; |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset); |
|
|
addend = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = 0; |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
|
|
symname = h->root.root.string; |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
/* If the reference passes a symbol marked with |
|
|
STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value |
|
|
doesn't count. */ |
|
|
seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn; |
|
|
|
|
|
dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE; |
|
|
sec = h->root.u.def.section; |
|
|
/* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value. |
|
|
We check specially because in some obscure cases |
|
|
sec->output_section will be NULL. */ |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 |
|
|
|| ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16) |
|
|
&& h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
|
|
|| ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT20 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16) |
|
|
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) |
|
|
&& (! info->shared |
|
|
|| (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular)) |
|
|
/* The cases above are those in which relocation is |
|
|
overwritten in the switch block below. The cases |
|
|
below are those in which we must defer relocation |
|
|
to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute |
|
|
addresses when creating a shared library. */ |
|
|
|| (info->shared |
|
|
&& ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1) |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular) |
|
|
&& ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32 |
|
|
&& !h->forced_local) |
|
|
|| (r_type == R_SH_REL32 |
|
|
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
|
|
&& ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
|
|
/* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its |
|
|
sections against symbols defined externally |
|
|
in shared libraries. We can't do anything |
|
|
with them here. */ |
|
|
|| ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic))) |
|
|
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING |
|
|
sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and |
|
|
thus ld.so will not process them. */ |
|
|
|| (sec->output_section == NULL |
|
|
&& ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 |
|
|
&& h->def_dynamic)) |
|
|
|| (sec->output_section == NULL |
|
|
&& (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE |
|
|
|| sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD))) |
|
|
; |
|
|
else if (sec->output_section != NULL) |
|
|
relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ sec->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sec->output_offset) |
|
|
/* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the |
|
|
symbol value, unless we've seen |
|
|
STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */ |
|
|
| ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0 |
|
|
&& ! seen_stt_datalabel)); |
|
|
else if (!info->relocatable |
|
|
&& (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, |
|
|
input_section, |
|
|
rel->r_offset) |
|
|
!= (bfd_vma) -1)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"), |
|
|
input_bfd, |
|
|
input_section, |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, |
|
|
howto->name, |
|
|
h->root.root.string); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
; |
|
|
else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE |
|
|
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) |
|
|
; |
|
|
else if (!info->relocatable) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol |
|
|
(info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, |
|
|
input_section, rel->r_offset, |
|
|
(info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)))) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) |
|
|
RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, |
|
|
rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->relocatable) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most |
|
|
relocations connect the relocation site to the location of |
|
|
the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */ |
|
|
check_segment[0] = isec_segment; |
|
|
if (sec != NULL) |
|
|
check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, |
|
|
sec->output_section); |
|
|
else |
|
|
check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
switch ((int) r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
final_link_relocate: |
|
|
/* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for |
|
|
R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */ |
|
|
r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, |
|
|
contents, rel->r_offset, |
|
|
relocation, addend); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_IND12W: |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: |
|
|
/* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then |
|
|
the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc |
|
|
is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not |
|
|
against the start of this section, then it's against an |
|
|
external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */ |
|
|
if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset |
|
|
!= relocation) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int disp = (relocation |
|
|
- input_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
- input_section->output_offset |
|
|
- rel->r_offset); |
|
|
int mask = 0; |
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPN: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break; |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break; |
|
|
default: mask = 0; break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (disp & mask) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"), |
|
|
input_section->owner, |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
relocation -= 4; |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
} |
|
|
r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
default: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section, |
|
|
contents, rel, &relocation)) |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR16: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8U: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8S: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR4U: |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8UL: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR4UL: |
|
|
if (relocation & 3) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"), |
|
|
input_section->owner, |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8UW: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR8SW: |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR4UW: |
|
|
if (relocation & 1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"), |
|
|
input_section->owner, |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_PSHA: |
|
|
if ((signed int)relocation < -32 |
|
|
|| (signed int)relocation > 32) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"), |
|
|
input_section->owner, |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_PSHL: |
|
|
if ((signed int)relocation < -16 |
|
|
|| (signed int)relocation > 16) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
((*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"), |
|
|
input_section->owner, |
|
|
(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, |
|
|
(unsigned long) relocation)); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32: |
|
|
case R_SH_REL32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL: |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL: |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL: |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (info->shared |
|
|
&& (h == NULL |
|
|
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
&& r_symndx != STN_UNDEF |
|
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
|
|
&& !is_vxworks_tls |
|
|
&& (r_type == R_SH_DIR32 |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
bfd_boolean skip, relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations |
|
|
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run |
|
|
time. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
skip = FALSE; |
|
|
relocate = FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
outrel.r_offset = |
|
|
_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, |
|
|
rel->r_offset); |
|
|
if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
|
|
skip = TRUE; |
|
|
else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) |
|
|
skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE; |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (skip) |
|
|
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend |
|
|
= (howto->partial_inplace |
|
|
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) |
|
|
: addend); |
|
|
} |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1); |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = addend; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
else if (fdpic_p |
|
|
&& (h == NULL |
|
|
|| ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
&& h->def_regular))) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int dynindx; |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL); |
|
|
dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
|
|
outrel.r_addend |
|
|
+= (howto->partial_inplace |
|
|
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) |
|
|
: addend); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to |
|
|
become local. */ |
|
|
if (h == NULL |
|
|
|| ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
&& h->def_regular)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
relocate = howto->partial_inplace; |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
} |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
|
|
outrel.r_addend |
|
|
+= (howto->partial_inplace |
|
|
? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset) |
|
|
: addend); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents; |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
|
|
|
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do |
|
|
not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we |
|
|
need to include the symbol value so that it becomes |
|
|
an addend for the dynamic reloc. */ |
|
|
if (! relocate) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared |
|
|
&& r_type == R_SH_DIR32 |
|
|
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd, |
|
|
input_section->output_section)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"), |
|
|
input_bfd, |
|
|
input_section, |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, |
|
|
symname); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, |
|
|
input_section, rel->r_offset); |
|
|
if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1) |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, |
|
|
input_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset |
|
|
+ rel->r_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
/* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak |
|
|
symbols. */ |
|
|
else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32 |
|
|
&& h |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
|
|
procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h == NULL |
|
|
|| h->forced_local |
|
|
|| ! info->shared |
|
|
|| info->symbolic |
|
|
|| h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
|| h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1 |
|
|
|| h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
|
|
goto force_got; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
|
|
offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); |
|
|
relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset) |
|
|
+ 3) * 4); |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
force_got: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT20: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global |
|
|
offset table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); |
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_boolean dyn; |
|
|
|
|
|
off = h->got.offset; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh; |
|
|
|
|
|
hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h; |
|
|
off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created; |
|
|
if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) |
|
|
|| (info->shared |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) |
|
|
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This is actually a static link, or it is a |
|
|
-Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined |
|
|
locally, or the symbol was forced to be local |
|
|
because of a version file. We must initialize |
|
|
this entry in the global offset table. Since the |
|
|
offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the |
|
|
least significant bit to record whether we have |
|
|
initialized it already. |
|
|
|
|
|
When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got |
|
|
relocation entry to initialize the value. This |
|
|
is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */ |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0) |
|
|
off &= ~1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
|
|
sgot->contents + off); |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh; |
|
|
|
|
|
hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h; |
|
|
hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid |
|
|
symbol address, also add a fixup. */ |
|
|
if (fdpic_p && !info->shared |
|
|
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL |
|
|
&& (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT |
|
|
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, |
|
|
sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset |
|
|
+ off); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL |
|
|
&& (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info |
|
|
+ r_symndx] |
|
|
!= (bfd_vma) -1)); |
|
|
|
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info |
|
|
+ r_symndx]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL |
|
|
&& local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use |
|
|
the least significant bit to record whether we have |
|
|
already generated the necessary reloc. */ |
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0) |
|
|
off &= ~1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, |
|
|
".rela.got"); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset |
|
|
+ off); |
|
|
if (fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int dynindx |
|
|
= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
|
|
outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation; |
|
|
} |
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents; |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (fdpic_p |
|
|
&& (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx] |
|
|
== GOT_NORMAL)) |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, |
|
|
sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset |
|
|
+ off); |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend) |
|
|
local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
|
|
rel->r_offset); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF20: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which |
|
|
we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same |
|
|
as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function |
|
|
descriptors in front of it. */ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); |
|
|
check_segment[0] = got_segment; |
|
|
relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
|
|
rel->r_offset); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* Use global offset table as symbol value. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL); |
|
|
relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
relocation += GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_PLT32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the |
|
|
procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly, |
|
|
without using the procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
if (h == NULL) |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols, |
|
|
as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests |
|
|
anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined |
|
|
behavior. */ |
|
|
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) |
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->forced_local) |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This |
|
|
happens when statically linking PIC code, or when |
|
|
using -Bsymbolic. */ |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL); |
|
|
check_segment[1] = plt_segment; |
|
|
relocation = (splt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
relocation++; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this |
|
|
symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT |
|
|
entry and function descriptor if necessary. */ |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
case R_SH_FUNCDESC: |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int dynindx = -1; |
|
|
asection *reloc_section; |
|
|
bfd_vma reloc_offset; |
|
|
int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC; |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
|
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the |
|
|
executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so |
|
|
to allocate official descriptors? See what this code |
|
|
does. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = 0; |
|
|
addend = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
reloc_section = input_section; |
|
|
reloc_offset = rel->r_offset; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
reloc_section = sgot; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
reloc_offset = h->got.offset; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL); |
|
|
reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (reloc_offset & 1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
reloc_offset &= ~1; |
|
|
goto funcdesc_done_got; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
|
|
|| !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)) |
|
|
/* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically |
|
|
resolved later; leave it at zero. */ |
|
|
goto funcdesc_leave_zero; |
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) |
|
|
&& ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor |
|
|
but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is |
|
|
protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to |
|
|
section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic |
|
|
linker would resolve our function descriptor request |
|
|
to our copy of the function anyway. */ |
|
|
dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section |
|
|
->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.value; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic |
|
|
symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a |
|
|
shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that |
|
|
the dynamic linker will allocate the function |
|
|
descriptor. */ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
|
|
dynindx = h->dynindx; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function |
|
|
descriptor, so reference it directly. */ |
|
|
reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32; |
|
|
dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc |
|
|
->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); |
|
|
if ((offset & 1) == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h, |
|
|
offset, NULL, 0)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
union gotref *local_funcdesc; |
|
|
|
|
|
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd); |
|
|
offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); |
|
|
if ((offset & 1) == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL, |
|
|
offset, sec, |
|
|
sym->st_value)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd, |
|
|
reloc_section->output_section)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"), |
|
|
input_bfd, |
|
|
input_section, |
|
|
(long) rel->r_offset, |
|
|
symname); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, |
|
|
reloc_section, reloc_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1) |
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, |
|
|
offset |
|
|
+ reloc_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ reloc_section->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags |
|
|
& (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd, |
|
|
reloc_section->output_section)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
info->callbacks->warning |
|
|
(info, |
|
|
_("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"), |
|
|
symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got"); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, |
|
|
reloc_section, reloc_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1) |
|
|
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot, |
|
|
offset |
|
|
+ reloc_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ reloc_section->output_offset, |
|
|
reloc_type, dynindx, relocation); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
r = bfd_reloc_ok; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
relocation = 0; |
|
|
goto funcdesc_leave_zero; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma; |
|
|
funcdesc_leave_zero: |
|
|
if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, |
|
|
reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset); |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
|
|
|
|
|
funcdesc_done_got: |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset; |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
|
|
rel->r_offset); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
/* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the |
|
|
executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get |
|
|
ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC |
|
|
for them. */ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
|
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
relocation = 0; |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
|| !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler |
|
|
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""), |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name, |
|
|
h->root.root.string); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function |
|
|
descriptor, so reference it directly. */ |
|
|
if (h) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); |
|
|
if ((offset & 1) == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h, |
|
|
offset, NULL, 0)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
union gotref *local_funcdesc; |
|
|
|
|
|
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd); |
|
|
offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE); |
|
|
if ((offset & 1) == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL, |
|
|
offset, sec, |
|
|
sym->st_value)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ sgotplt->output_offset); |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
relocation -= GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend, |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
|
|
rel->r_offset); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_LOOP_START: |
|
|
{ |
|
|
static bfd_vma start, end; |
|
|
|
|
|
start = (relocation + rel->r_addend |
|
|
- (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); |
|
|
r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
|
|
rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_LOOP_END: |
|
|
end = (relocation + rel->r_addend |
|
|
- (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)); |
|
|
r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents, |
|
|
rel->r_offset, sec, start, end); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); |
|
|
got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
|
|
if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets) |
|
|
got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]; |
|
|
else if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; |
|
|
if (! info->shared |
|
|
&& (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
|| h->def_regular)) |
|
|
r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE) |
|
|
r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
unsigned short insn; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* GD->LE transition: |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; |
|
|
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
|
|
1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: |
|
|
We change it into: |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop; |
|
|
nop; nop; ... |
|
|
1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
|
|
/* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */ |
|
|
offset -= 16; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
|
|
offset -= 2; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int target; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* IE->LE transition: |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM; |
|
|
bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2: |
|
|
We change it into: |
|
|
mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...; |
|
|
1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
|
|
/* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */ |
|
|
offset -= 10; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
|
|
offset -= 2; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000); |
|
|
target = insn & 0x00ff; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce); |
|
|
insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target; |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
off = h->got.offset; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (local_got_offsets == NULL) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
|
|
|
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */ |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 |
|
|
&& ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
off &= ~1; |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation), |
|
|
sgot->contents + off); |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off, |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((off & 1) != 0) |
|
|
off &= ~1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
int dr_type, indx; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got"); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset + off); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
indx = 0; |
|
|
else |
|
|
indx = h->dynindx; |
|
|
|
|
|
dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 : |
|
|
R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); |
|
|
if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0) |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); |
|
|
else |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type); |
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents; |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (indx == 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
|
|
relocation - dtpoff_base (info), |
|
|
sgot->contents + off + 4); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, |
|
|
R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32); |
|
|
outrel.r_offset += 4; |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
srelgot->reloc_count++; |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
h->got.offset |= 1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
|
|
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
unsigned short insn; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* GD->IE transition: |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; |
|
|
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
|
|
1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: |
|
|
We change it into: |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0; |
|
|
nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
|
|
1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
|
|
/* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */ |
|
|
offset -= 16; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
|
|
offset -= 2; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */ |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off, |
|
|
contents + rel->r_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab); |
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
if (! info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_vma offset; |
|
|
unsigned short insn; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* LD->LE transition: |
|
|
mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1; |
|
|
jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2; |
|
|
1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3: |
|
|
We change it into: |
|
|
stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop; |
|
|
nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
offset = rel->r_offset; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16); |
|
|
/* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */ |
|
|
offset -= 16; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2); |
|
|
offset -= 2; |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b); |
|
|
insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc); |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8); |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10); |
|
|
|
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
|
|
|
off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset; |
|
|
if (off & 1) |
|
|
off &= ~1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
srelgot = htab->srelgot; |
|
|
if (srelgot == NULL) |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
|
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset + off); |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32); |
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents; |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
|
|
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off; |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
|
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: |
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
if (! info->shared) |
|
|
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); |
|
|
else |
|
|
relocation -= dtpoff_base (info); |
|
|
|
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int indx; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! info->shared || info->pie) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
relocation = tpoff (info, relocation); |
|
|
addend = rel->r_addend; |
|
|
goto final_link_relocate; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
indx = 0; |
|
|
else |
|
|
indx = h->dynindx; |
|
|
|
|
|
outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ input_section->output_offset |
|
|
+ rel->r_offset); |
|
|
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32); |
|
|
if (indx == 0) |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info); |
|
|
else |
|
|
outrel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
loc = sreloc->contents; |
|
|
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
relocation_done: |
|
|
if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1 |
|
|
&& check_segment[0] != check_segment[1]) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */ |
|
|
if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
info->callbacks->einfo |
|
|
(_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"), |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
info->callbacks->einfo |
|
|
(_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"), |
|
|
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
switch (r) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_outofrange: |
|
|
abort (); |
|
|
case bfd_reloc_overflow: |
|
|
{ |
|
|
const char *name; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
name = NULL; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section |
|
|
(input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name)); |
|
|
if (name == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
if (*name == '\0') |
|
|
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) |
|
|
(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name, |
|
|
(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, |
|
|
rel->r_offset))) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents |
|
|
which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_byte * |
|
|
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *link_info, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_order *link_order, |
|
|
bfd_byte *data, |
|
|
bfd_boolean relocatable, |
|
|
asymbol **symbols) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; |
|
|
bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner; |
|
|
asection **sections = NULL; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a |
|
|
particular set of section contents, specially. */ |
|
|
if (relocatable |
|
|
|| elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL) |
|
|
return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info, |
|
|
link_order, data, |
|
|
relocatable, |
|
|
symbols); |
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); |
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents, |
|
|
(size_t) input_section->size); |
|
|
|
|
|
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
|
|
&& input_section->reloc_count > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection **secpp; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend; |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt; |
|
|
|
|
|
internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs |
|
|
(input_bfd, input_section, NULL, |
|
|
(Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE)); |
|
|
if (internal_relocs == NULL) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL) |
|
|
isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, |
|
|
symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, |
|
|
NULL, NULL, NULL); |
|
|
if (isymbuf == NULL) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
amt *= sizeof (asection *); |
|
|
sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); |
|
|
if (sections == NULL && amt != 0) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
|
|
|
isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *isec; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) |
|
|
isec = bfd_und_section_ptr; |
|
|
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) |
|
|
isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
|
|
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) |
|
|
isec = bfd_com_section_ptr; |
|
|
else |
|
|
isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx); |
|
|
|
|
|
*secpp = isec; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd, |
|
|
input_section, data, internal_relocs, |
|
|
isymbuf, sections)) |
|
|
goto error_return; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sections != NULL) |
|
|
free (sections); |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
|
|
free (isymbuf); |
|
|
if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
|
|
free (internal_relocs); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return data; |
|
|
|
|
|
error_return: |
|
|
if (sections != NULL) |
|
|
free (sections); |
|
|
if (isymbuf != NULL |
|
|
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) |
|
|
free (isymbuf); |
|
|
if (internal_relocs != NULL |
|
|
&& elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs) |
|
|
free (internal_relocs); |
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses |
|
|
when resolving @dtpoff relocation. |
|
|
This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_vma |
|
|
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
|
|
return 0; |
|
|
return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_vma |
|
|
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ |
|
|
if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) |
|
|
return 0; |
|
|
/* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead |
|
|
structure which has 2 pointer fields. */ |
|
|
return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma |
|
|
+ align_power ((bfd_vma) 8, |
|
|
elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static asection * |
|
|
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: |
|
|
return NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
|
|
union gotref *local_funcdesc; |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->relocatable) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
|
|
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd); |
|
|
|
|
|
relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx; |
|
|
unsigned int r_type; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
|
|
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
|
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
|
|
} |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next) |
|
|
if (p->sec == sec) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Everything must go for SEC. */ |
|
|
*pp = p->next; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
|
|
switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
|
|
if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT20: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF20: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
h->got.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend & 1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0) |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_FUNCDESC: |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1; |
|
|
else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fall through. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32: |
|
|
if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4; |
|
|
/* Fall thru */ |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_REL32: |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
/* Fall thru */ |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_PLT32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1; |
|
|
if (h->plt.refcount > 0) |
|
|
h->plt.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
else if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
else if (h->got.refcount > 0) |
|
|
h->got.refcount -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend & 1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0) |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
default: |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static void |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; |
|
|
|
|
|
edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir; |
|
|
eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym |
|
|
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ |
|
|
for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) |
|
|
if (q->sec == p->sec) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
q->pc_count += p->pc_count; |
|
|
q->count += p->count; |
|
|
*pp = p->next; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
if (q == NULL) |
|
|
pp = &p->next; |
|
|
} |
|
|
*pp = edir->dyn_relocs; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; |
|
|
eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; |
|
|
} |
|
|
edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount; |
|
|
eind->gotplt_refcount = 0; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount; |
|
|
eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount; |
|
|
eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0; |
|
|
edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount; |
|
|
eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
|
|
&& dir->got.refcount <= 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
edir->got_type = eind->got_type; |
|
|
eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect |
|
|
&& dir->dynamic_adjusted) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing |
|
|
of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref. |
|
|
We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */ |
|
|
dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic; |
|
|
dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular; |
|
|
dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak; |
|
|
dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static int |
|
|
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type, |
|
|
int is_local) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
return r_type; |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
|
|
if (is_local) |
|
|
return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
|
|
return R_SH_TLS_IE_32; |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
|
|
return R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return r_type; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase. |
|
|
Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the |
|
|
virtual table relocs for gc. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; |
|
|
asection *sreloc; |
|
|
unsigned int r_type; |
|
|
enum got_type got_type, old_got_type; |
|
|
|
|
|
sreloc = NULL; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->relocatable) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd)); |
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
|
|
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; |
|
|
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
|
|
unsigned long r_symndx; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
int seen_stt_datalabel = 0; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); |
|
|
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) |
|
|
h = NULL; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; |
|
|
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same |
|
|
object. */ |
|
|
h->root.non_ir_ref = 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL); |
|
|
if (! info->shared |
|
|
&& r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32 |
|
|
&& h != NULL |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined |
|
|
&& h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
|
|
&& (h->dynindx == -1 |
|
|
|| h->def_regular)) |
|
|
r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
case R_SH_FUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case STV_INTERNAL: |
|
|
case STV_HIDDEN: |
|
|
break; |
|
|
default: |
|
|
bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Some relocs require a global offset table. */ |
|
|
if (htab->sgot == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32: |
|
|
/* This may require an rofixup. */ |
|
|
if (!htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT20: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF20: |
|
|
case R_SH_FUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
|
|
if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) |
|
|
htab->root.dynobj = abfd; |
|
|
if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
default: |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. |
|
|
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT: |
|
|
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually |
|
|
used. Record for later use during GC. */ |
|
|
case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY: |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); |
|
|
if (h != NULL |
|
|
&& !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */ |
|
|
force_got: |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT32: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT20: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOT10BY8: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
switch (r_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
got_type = GOT_NORMAL; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_GD_32: |
|
|
got_type = GOT_TLS_GD; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_IE_32: |
|
|
got_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (seen_stt_datalabel) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh |
|
|
= (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
|
|
|
eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
h->got.refcount += 1; |
|
|
old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local |
|
|
symbol. */ |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_size_type size; |
|
|
|
|
|
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma); |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
/* Reserve space for both the datalabel and |
|
|
codelabel local GOT offsets. */ |
|
|
size *= 2; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
size += symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
|
|
local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) |
|
|
bfd_zalloc (abfd, size)); |
|
|
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
/* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local |
|
|
GOT offsets. */ |
|
|
sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) |
|
|
= (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
|
|
#else |
|
|
sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) |
|
|
= (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
} |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend & 1) |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1; |
|
|
else |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; |
|
|
old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx]; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once, |
|
|
there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */ |
|
|
if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN |
|
|
&& (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD) |
|
|
got_type = GOT_TLS_IE; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
&& (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL)) |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"), |
|
|
abfd, h->root.root.string); |
|
|
else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC |
|
|
|| got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"), |
|
|
abfd, h->root.root.string); |
|
|
else |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"), |
|
|
abfd, h->root.root.string); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (old_got_type != got_type) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type; |
|
|
else |
|
|
sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LD_32: |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_FUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20: |
|
|
if (rel->r_addend) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"), |
|
|
abfd); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
union gotref *local_funcdesc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */ |
|
|
local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd); |
|
|
if (local_funcdesc == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_size_type size; |
|
|
|
|
|
size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref); |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
/* Count datalabel local GOT. */ |
|
|
size *= 2; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); |
|
|
if (local_funcdesc == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc; |
|
|
} |
|
|
local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (!info->shared) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
else |
|
|
htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++; |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there is a function descriptor reference, then |
|
|
there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */ |
|
|
old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type; |
|
|
if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL) |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"), |
|
|
abfd, h->root.root.string); |
|
|
else |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"), |
|
|
abfd, h->root.root.string); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4: |
|
|
case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
|
|
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h == NULL |
|
|
|| h->forced_local |
|
|
|| ! info->shared |
|
|
|| info->symbolic |
|
|
|| h->dynindx == -1) |
|
|
goto force_got; |
|
|
|
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1; |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1; |
|
|
((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1; |
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_PLT32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_LOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16: |
|
|
case R_SH_PLT_HI16: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We |
|
|
actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol, |
|
|
because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is |
|
|
never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we |
|
|
don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry |
|
|
after all. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without |
|
|
creating a procedure linkage table entry. */ |
|
|
if (h == NULL) |
|
|
continue; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->forced_local) |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
h->needs_plt = 1; |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_DIR32: |
|
|
case R_SH_REL32: |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL: |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL: |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL: |
|
|
case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL: |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (h != NULL && ! info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
h->non_got_ref = 1; |
|
|
h->plt.refcount += 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc |
|
|
against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc |
|
|
against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc |
|
|
into the shared library. However, if we are linking with |
|
|
-Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a |
|
|
global symbol which is defined in an object we are |
|
|
including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At |
|
|
this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is |
|
|
possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set |
|
|
later (it is never cleared). We account for that |
|
|
possibility below by storing information in the |
|
|
dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar |
|
|
situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol |
|
|
visibility changes render the symbol local. |
|
|
|
|
|
If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we |
|
|
may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a |
|
|
dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the |
|
|
symbol. */ |
|
|
if ((info->shared |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
|
|
&& (r_type != R_SH_REL32 |
|
|
|| (h != NULL |
|
|
&& (! info->symbolic |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular)))) |
|
|
|| (! info->shared |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
|
|
&& h != NULL |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak |
|
|
|| !h->def_regular))) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p; |
|
|
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL) |
|
|
htab->root.dynobj = abfd; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these |
|
|
reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc |
|
|
section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */ |
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section |
|
|
(sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sreloc == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of |
|
|
relocations we need for this symbol. */ |
|
|
if (h != NULL) |
|
|
head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs; |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */ |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
void *vpp; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
|
|
|
|
|
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, |
|
|
abfd, r_symndx); |
|
|
if (isym == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); |
|
|
if (s == NULL) |
|
|
s = sec; |
|
|
|
|
|
vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; |
|
|
head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
p = *head; |
|
|
if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p); |
|
|
p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt); |
|
|
if (p == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
p->next = *head; |
|
|
*head = p; |
|
|
p->sec = sec; |
|
|
p->count = 0; |
|
|
p->pc_count = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
p->count += 1; |
|
|
if (r_type == R_SH_REL32 |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL |
|
|
|| r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
) |
|
|
p->pc_count += 1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation. |
|
|
If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the |
|
|
fixup. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared |
|
|
&& r_type == R_SH_DIR32 |
|
|
&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
|
|
htab->srofixup->size += 4; |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LE_32: |
|
|
if (info->shared && !info->pie) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
(*_bfd_error_handler) |
|
|
(_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"), |
|
|
abfd); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32: |
|
|
/* Nothing to do. */ |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
default: |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags |
|
|
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE }; |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]); |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[]. |
|
|
Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c |
|
|
return the equivalent ELF flags from the table. |
|
|
Return -1 if no match is found. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1; |
|
|
|
|
|
for (; i>0; i--) |
|
|
if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach) |
|
|
return i; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* shouldn't get here */ |
|
|
BFD_FAIL(); |
|
|
|
|
|
return -1; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data |
|
|
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd); |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */ |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that |
|
|
corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
int |
|
|
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int); |
|
|
unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set); |
|
|
|
|
|
return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and |
|
|
calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd)) |
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */ |
|
|
elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
|
|
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd); |
|
|
if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible " |
|
|
"with instructions used in previous modules", |
|
|
ibfd); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK; |
|
|
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= |
|
|
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd)); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
_bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects", |
|
|
ibfd); |
|
|
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */ |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata |
|
|
as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags |
|
|
here. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd)) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0) |
|
|
== fdpic_object_p (abfd)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various |
|
|
dynamic sections here. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *splt; |
|
|
asection *sgotplt; |
|
|
asection *srelplt; |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_vma plt_index; |
|
|
bfd_vma got_offset; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set |
|
|
it up. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); |
|
|
|
|
|
splt = htab->splt; |
|
|
sgotplt = htab->sgotplt; |
|
|
srelplt = htab->srelplt; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which |
|
|
corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol |
|
|
in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The |
|
|
first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */ |
|
|
plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
plt_info = htab->plt_info; |
|
|
if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT) |
|
|
plt_info = plt_info->short_plt; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that |
|
|
corresponds to this function. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes |
|
|
before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight |
|
|
bytes. */ |
|
|
got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size; |
|
|
else |
|
|
/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are |
|
|
reserved. */ |
|
|
got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
got_offset -= GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, |
|
|
plt_info->symbol_entry, |
|
|
plt_info->symbol_entry_size); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_reloc_status_type r; |
|
|
r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset, |
|
|
splt->owner, splt, splt->contents, |
|
|
h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset, |
|
|
(splt->contents |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20); |
|
|
|
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, |
|
|
(sgotplt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
+ got_offset), |
|
|
(splt->contents |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry)); |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k; |
|
|
int distance; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains |
|
|
REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain |
|
|
PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can |
|
|
branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch |
|
|
to the last element of the previous group. */ |
|
|
/* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of |
|
|
the common resolver stub. */ |
|
|
reachable_plts = ((4096 |
|
|
- plt_info->plt0_entry_size |
|
|
- (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4)) |
|
|
/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1; |
|
|
plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size); |
|
|
if (plt_index < reachable_plts) |
|
|
distance = -(h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt); |
|
|
else |
|
|
distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1) |
|
|
* plt_info->symbol_entry_size); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */ |
|
|
bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, |
|
|
0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)), |
|
|
(splt->contents |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE, |
|
|
splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset, |
|
|
(splt->contents |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt)); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */ |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
if (info->shared) |
|
|
got_offset += GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
got_offset = plt_index * 8; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE) |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, |
|
|
plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela), |
|
|
(splt->contents |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
|
|
(splt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset), |
|
|
sgotplt->contents + got_offset); |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
|
|
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, |
|
|
htab->splt->output_section), |
|
|
sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
+ got_offset); |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE); |
|
|
else |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
#ifdef GOT_BIAS |
|
|
rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry. |
|
|
Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */ |
|
|
loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents |
|
|
+ (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation |
|
|
for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */ |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ htab->splt->output_offset |
|
|
+ h->plt.offset |
|
|
+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = got_offset; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for |
|
|
the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */ |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
+ got_offset); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!h->def_regular) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in |
|
|
the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */ |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1 |
|
|
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD |
|
|
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE |
|
|
&& sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *sgot; |
|
|
asection *srelgot; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it |
|
|
up. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot; |
|
|
srelgot = htab->srelgot; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset |
|
|
+ (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
|
|
symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
|
|
of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
|
|
The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
|
|
initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
|
|
if (info->shared |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section; |
|
|
int dynindx |
|
|
= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
|
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents; |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh; |
|
|
|
|
|
eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h; |
|
|
if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *sgot; |
|
|
asection *srelgot; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table. |
|
|
Set it up. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
sgot = htab->sgot; |
|
|
srelgot = htab->srelgot; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgot->output_offset |
|
|
+ (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1)); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the |
|
|
symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because |
|
|
of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. |
|
|
The entry in the global offset table will already have been |
|
|
initialized in the relocate_section function. */ |
|
|
if (info->shared |
|
|
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section; |
|
|
int dynindx |
|
|
= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; |
|
|
|
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
else |
|
|
{ |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents |
|
|
+ eh->datalabel_got.offset); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
loc = srelgot->contents; |
|
|
loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
if (h->needs_copy) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 |
|
|
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined |
|
|
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)); |
|
|
|
|
|
s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss"); |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 0; |
|
|
loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks, |
|
|
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the |
|
|
".got" section. */ |
|
|
if (h == htab->root.hdynamic |
|
|
|| (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot)) |
|
|
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab; |
|
|
asection *sgotplt; |
|
|
asection *sdyn; |
|
|
|
|
|
htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
if (htab == NULL) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
sgotplt = htab->sgotplt; |
|
|
sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic"); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
asection *splt; |
|
|
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); |
|
|
|
|
|
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; |
|
|
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); |
|
|
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
|
|
asection *s; |
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
const char *name; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (dyn.d_tag) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p |
|
|
&& elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA |
|
|
case DT_INIT: |
|
|
name = info->init_function; |
|
|
goto get_sym; |
|
|
|
|
|
case DT_FINI: |
|
|
name = info->fini_function; |
|
|
get_sym: |
|
|
if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
|
|
|
|
|
h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name, |
|
|
FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
|
|
if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
break; |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
case DT_PLTGOT: |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL); |
|
|
s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section; |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case DT_JMPREL: |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt->output_section; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case DT_PLTRELSZ: |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt->output_section; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
|
|
|
case DT_RELASZ: |
|
|
/* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the |
|
|
procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be |
|
|
included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is |
|
|
what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle |
|
|
that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry |
|
|
here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since |
|
|
the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all |
|
|
other relocation sections, we don't have to worry |
|
|
about changing the DT_RELA entry. */ |
|
|
if (htab->srelplt != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
s = htab->srelplt->output_section; |
|
|
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size; |
|
|
} |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); |
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */ |
|
|
splt = htab->splt; |
|
|
if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
unsigned int i; |
|
|
|
|
|
memcpy (splt->contents, |
|
|
htab->plt_info->plt0_entry, |
|
|
htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size); |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++) |
|
|
if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE) |
|
|
install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, |
|
|
(sgotplt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ sgotplt->output_offset |
|
|
+ (i * 4)), |
|
|
(splt->contents |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i])); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->vxworks_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */ |
|
|
Elf_Internal_Rela rel; |
|
|
bfd_byte *loc; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the |
|
|
first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */ |
|
|
loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; |
|
|
rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ splt->output_offset |
|
|
+ htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
rel.r_addend = 8; |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. |
|
|
They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or |
|
|
_P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were |
|
|
output. */ |
|
|
while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
/* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */ |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, |
|
|
R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */ |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); |
|
|
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, |
|
|
R_SH_DIR32); |
|
|
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); |
|
|
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't |
|
|
really seem like the right value. */ |
|
|
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */ |
|
|
if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
if (sdyn == NULL) |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents); |
|
|
else |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, |
|
|
sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset, |
|
|
sgotplt->contents); |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4); |
|
|
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0) |
|
|
elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; |
|
|
|
|
|
/* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot; |
|
|
bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset; |
|
|
|
|
|
sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */ |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->srelfuncdesc) |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) |
|
|
== htab->srelfuncdesc->size); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (htab->srelgot) |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) |
|
|
== htab->srelgot->size); |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static enum elf_reloc_type_class |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
case R_SH_RELATIVE: |
|
|
return reloc_class_relative; |
|
|
case R_SH_JMP_SLOT: |
|
|
return reloc_class_plt; |
|
|
case R_SH_COPY: |
|
|
return reloc_class_copy; |
|
|
default: |
|
|
return reloc_class_normal; |
|
|
} |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
|
|
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
int offset; |
|
|
unsigned int size; |
|
|
|
|
|
switch (note->descsz) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
case 168: /* Linux/SH */ |
|
|
/* pr_cursig */ |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* pr_pid */ |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* pr_reg */ |
|
|
offset = 72; |
|
|
size = 92; |
|
|
|
|
|
break; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
|
|
return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
|
|
size, note->descpos + offset); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
switch (note->descsz) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
default: |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */ |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16); |
|
|
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
|
|
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
|
|
onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
|
|
implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
{ |
|
|
char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
|
|
int n = strlen (command); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
|
|
command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL |
|
|
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_vma |
|
|
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt, |
|
|
const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info; |
|
|
|
|
|
plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0); |
|
|
return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i); |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in |
|
|
shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_boolean |
|
|
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
|
|
|
/* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */ |
|
|
if (htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
return FALSE; |
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */ |
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd_byte |
|
|
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd, |
|
|
struct bfd_link_info *info, |
|
|
asection *osec, bfd_vma offset, |
|
|
asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset, |
|
|
bfd_vma *encoded) |
|
|
{ |
|
|
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info); |
|
|
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
|
|
|
|
|
if (!htab->fdpic_p) |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec, |
|
|
loc_offset, encoded); |
|
|
|
|
|
h = htab->root.hgot; |
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); |
|
|
|
|
|
if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec) |
|
|
== sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section))) |
|
|
return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, |
|
|
loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded); |
|
|
|
|
|
BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec) |
|
|
== (sh_elf_osec_to_segment |
|
|
(abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section))); |
|
|
|
|
|
*encoded = osec->vma + offset |
|
|
- (h->root.u.def.value |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma |
|
|
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset); |
|
|
|
|
|
return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4; |
|
|
} |
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh" |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl" |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh |
|
|
#define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA |
|
|
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH |
|
|
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__ |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
|
|
#else |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80 |
|
|
#endif |
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_' |
|
|
|
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \ |
|
|
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup |
|
|
#define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section |
|
|
#define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \ |
|
|
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject |
|
|
#define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \ |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_private_data |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \ |
|
|
sh_elf_merge_private_data |
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook |
|
|
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook |
|
|
#define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs |
|
|
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \ |
|
|
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol |
|
|
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \ |
|
|
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections |
|
|
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ |
|
|
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create |
|
|
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \ |
|
|
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol |
|
|
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \ |
|
|
sh_elf_always_size_sections |
|
|
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \ |
|
|
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections |
|
|
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \ |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol |
|
|
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \ |
|
|
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections |
|
|
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \ |
|
|
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \ |
|
|
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame |
|
|
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \ |
|
|
sh_elf_encode_eh_address |
|
|
|
|
|
#define elf_backend_stack_align 8 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0 |
|
|
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 |
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
/* NetBSD support. */ |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd" |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd" |
|
|
#undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 |
|
|
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
|
|
#undef elf_symbol_leading_char |
|
|
#define elf_symbol_leading_char 0 |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Linux support. */ |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux" |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux" |
|
|
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
|
|
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo |
|
|
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FDPIC support. */ |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic" |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic" |
|
|
|
|
|
#undef elf32_bed |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers |
|
|
|
|
|
/* VxWorks support. */ |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks" |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME |
|
|
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks" |
|
|
#undef elf32_bed |
|
|
#define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed |
|
|
|
|
|
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 |
|
|
#undef elf_symbol_leading_char |
|
|
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_' |
|
|
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1 |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook |
|
|
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook |
|
|
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ |
|
|
elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs |
|
|
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs |
|
|
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing |
|
|
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ |
|
|
elf_vxworks_final_write_processing |
|
|
#undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE |
|
|
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 |
|
|
#undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE |
|
|
|
|
|
#include "elf32-target.h" |
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
|
|
|
|